{"title":"All Driveway Gates","description":"\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eMetal\/ Wrought Iron Driveway Gates\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuy direct from \u003cstrong\u003eUK's largest bespoke gate manufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e. All wrought iron side gates are handcrafted by skilled craftsmen here in the UK. \u003cstrong\u003e10 year workmanship warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e with optional 25 year protection from rust if galvanised. Complete with \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable hinges\/ pins\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eopening latch (please note the screws to fix the hinge plate to your posts are not supplied) \u003c\/strong\u003e. Manufactured from thicker materials than our competitors to offer ultimate durability and strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/automation-kits-electric-gates\" title=\"Electric Gate Kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElectric Gate Kits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/gate-installation-fitters-installers\" title=\"Gate Installers UK\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e- call us on 0800 152 2106 for more details.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"hertfordshire-wrought-iron-estate-gate","title":"Hertfordshire Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #990000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":35496516039,"sku":"","price":1159.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/hertfordshire_estate_gates_thick_frame.jpg?v=1482931248"},{"product_id":"wrought-iron-estate-gate-chelmsford","title":"Chelmsford Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSee the Chelmsford range:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca title=\"Chelmsford Metal Garden Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-garden-gates\/products\/garden-gates-for-sale-chelmsford\"\u003eChelmsford Garden Gate\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Bespoke Estate Gates - The Chelmsford\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\/products\/wrought-iron-estate-gate-chelmsford\"\u003eChelmsford Estate Gate\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Metal Railings - The Chelmsford\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-railings-fence\/products\/chelmsford_metal_railing\"\u003eChelmsford Railings\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Metal Side Gates - The Chelmsford\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-wrought-iron-side-gates\/products\/chelmsford_wrought_iron_side_gate\"\u003eChelmsford Side Gate\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca title=\"Chelmsford Garden Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-garden-gates\/products\/garden-gates-for-sale-chelmsford\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/chelmsford_wrought_iron_garden_gates_compact.jpg?8193043260142904520\" alt=\"Metal Garden Gate - The Chelmsford design\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Chelmsford Estate Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\/products\/wrought-iron-estate-gate-chelmsford\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/CHELMSFORD_ESTATE_GATE_compact.jpg?5797198311979618404\" alt=\"Metal Estate Gates - The Chelmsford design\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Chelmsford Metal Railings\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-railings-fence\/products\/chelmsford_metal_railing\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Metal Railings - The Chelmsford design\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/metal_fence_chelmsford_compact.jpg?10486707915645723110\" style=\"float: none; margin-left: 30px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Chelmsford Side Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-wrought-iron-side-gates\/products\/chelmsford_wrought_iron_side_gate\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/Chelmsford_Side_Gates_compact.jpg?10319702088958715247\" alt=\"Metal Side Gates - The Chelmsford design\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":35496433031,"sku":"","price":909.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/CHELMSFORD_ESTATE_fleurpsd.jpg?v=1482930929"},{"product_id":"francombe-wrought-iron-estate-gate","title":"Francombe Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #990000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":35496482503,"sku":"","price":1339.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Francombe_Estate_Gates_made_to_measure_fleur_de_lys.jpg?v=1482931114"},{"product_id":"knightsbridge-wrought-iron-estate-gate","title":"Knightsbridge Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #990000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":35496523847,"sku":"","price":1229.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/KNIGHTSBRIDGE_ESTATE_GATE_fleur.jpg?v=1482931265"},{"product_id":"sandringham-wrought-iron-estate-gate","title":"Sandringham Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #990000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":35496524871,"sku":"","price":1295.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/SANDRINGHAM_ESTATE_GATE_FLEUR.jpg?v=1482931284"},{"product_id":"middleton-driveway-gate","title":"Middleton Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701071873,"sku":"","price":2475.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Middleton_Estate_Gates.jpg?v=1474447596"},{"product_id":"darlington-wrought-iron-estate-gate","title":"Darlington Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #cc0000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.   \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":35496456327,"sku":"","price":1085.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/darlington_estate_wrought_iron_gate.jpg?v=1482931033"},{"product_id":"dorchester-wrought-iron-estate-gate","title":"Dorchester Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701070721,"sku":"","price":2519.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Dorchester_Estate_Gate_iroko_9a8547b1-e1f6-4bbb-9365-9ad047594c0d.jpg?v=1474452063"},{"product_id":"oxford-wrought-iron-estate-gate","title":"Oxford Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701070529,"sku":"","price":2685.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Oxford_Estate_Gate.jpg?v=1474454148"},{"product_id":"bath-estate-gate","title":"Bath Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSee the Bath range: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Bath Garden Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-garden-gates\/products\/bath-timber-cladded-garden-gate\"\u003eBath Garden Gate\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Bath Estate Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\/products\/bath-estate-gate\"\u003eBath Estate Gate\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Bath Metal Railings\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-railings-fence\/products\/bath-metal-railings\"\u003eBath Metal Railings\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Bath Side Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-wrought-iron-side-gates\/products\/bath-side-gate\"\u003eBath Side Gate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Aberdeen Garden Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-garden-gates\/products\/aberdeen-garden-gate\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca title=\"Metal Garden Gates - Bath design\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-garden-gates\/products\/bath-timber-cladded-garden-gate\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/Aberdeen_Garden_Gate_grande_b883ce22-d2af-4d5c-9e9e-4e20c63c3461_compact.jpg?17537650743535462896\" alt=\"Garden Gates - Bath design\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates - Bath design\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\/products\/bath-estate-gate\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/Bath_Estate_Gate_grande_compact.jpg?10230851506947854037\" alt=\"Estate Gates - Bath design\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Metal Railings - Bath design\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-railings-fence\/products\/bath-metal-railings\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Metal Railings - Bath design\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/metal_fence_in_bath_grande_compact.jpg?4659255369751691217\" style=\"margin-left: 30px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Metal Side Gates - Bath design\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-wrought-iron-side-gates\/products\/bath-side-gate\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/Bath_side_gate_grande_compact.jpg?5079178989947909384\" alt=\"Side Gates - Bath design\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701068673,"sku":"","price":2455.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Bath_Estate_Gates.jpg?v=1474452405"},{"product_id":"york-wrought-iron-estate-gate","title":"York Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701068033,"sku":"","price":2215.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/York_Estate_Gate_iroko.jpg?v=1474446000"},{"product_id":"warwickshire-estate-gate","title":"Warwickshire Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701067393,"sku":"","price":2289.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Warwickshire_Estate_Gates_iroko.jpg?v=1474446564"},{"product_id":"dartford-estate-gate","title":"Dartford Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701066625,"sku":"","price":2455.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Estate_Gates_Cedar_Iroko_Dartford_Design.jpg?v=1474448146"},{"product_id":"stratford-estate-gate","title":"Stratford Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701065985,"sku":"","price":2685.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Stratford_Estate_Gates.jpg?v=1474453017"},{"product_id":"aberdeen-estate-gate","title":"Aberdeen Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSee the Aberdeen range:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca title=\"Aberdeen Garden Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-garden-gates\/products\/aberdeen-garden-gate\"\u003eAberdeen Garden Gate\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Aberdeen Side Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-wrought-iron-side-gates\/products\/aberdeen-side-gate\"\u003eAberdeen Side Gate\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Aberdeen Estate Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\/products\/aberdeen-estate-gate\"\u003eAberdeen Estate Gate\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Aberdeen Railings\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\/products\/aberdeen-estate-gate\"\u003eAberdeen Railings\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca title=\"Aberdeen Garden Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-garden-gates\/products\/aberdeen-garden-gate\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/Aberdeen_Garden_Gate_grande_compact.jpg?15455336159060551245\" alt=\"Aberdeen Garden Gate\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Aberdeen Side Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-wrought-iron-side-gates\/products\/aberdeen-side-gate\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/Aberdeen_side_gate_grande_compact.jpg?7150793218974485328\" alt=\"Aberdeen Side Gate\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Aberdeen Metal Estate Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\/products\/aberdeen-estate-gate\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/Aberdeen_Estate_Gate_iroko_grande_compact.jpg?1902674496879635473\" alt=\"Aberdeen Estate Gate\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Aberdeen Metal Railings\" href=\"https:\/\/evador-wroughtiron.myshopify.com\/admin\/products\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\/products\/aberdeen-estate-gate\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Aberdeen Metal Railings\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/aberdeen_metal_railings_grande_compact.jpg?15631610815631827519\" style=\"float: none; margin-left: 30px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701065537,"sku":"","price":2289.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Aberdeen_Estate_Gates_iroko.jpg?v=1474453327"},{"product_id":"lyndhurst-estate-gate","title":"Lyndhurst Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1226164157,"sku":"","price":2289.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Lyndhurst_Estate_Gates_Metal_Wooden_Cladded.jpg?v=1474451618"},{"product_id":"sandbanks-estate-gate","title":"Sandbanks Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701064577,"sku":"","price":2269.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Sandbanks_Estate_Gates_Iroko.jpg?v=1474449985"},{"product_id":"portsmouth-estate-gate","title":"Portsmouth Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701061889,"sku":"","price":2665.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Portsmouth_Estate_Gates.jpg?v=1474452739"},{"product_id":"henley-estate-gate","title":"Henley Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701054849,"sku":"","price":2345.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Estate_Driveway_Gates_The_Henley.jpg?v=1474448661"},{"product_id":"kingston-estate-gate","title":"Kingston Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003e Beautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701048129,"sku":"","price":2345.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Modern_Estate_Gates_Driveway.jpg?v=1474473304"},{"product_id":"cotswolds-estate-gate","title":"Westfield Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1701047233,"sku":"","price":3259.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Westfield_Estate_Gate.jpg?v=1473347455"},{"product_id":"metal-estate-gate-buckinghamshire","title":"Buckinghamshire Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSee the Buckinghamshire range:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Garden Gate design - the Buckinghamshire\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-garden-gates\/products\/buckinghamshire-garden-gate\"\u003eBuckinghamshire Garden Gate\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Wrought Iron Estate Gates - The Buckinghamshire\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\/products\/metal-estate-gate-buckinghamshire\"\u003eBuckinghamshire Estate Gate\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Metal Railings - The Buckinghamshire\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-railings-fence\/products\/buckinghamshire-metal-railing\"\u003eBuckinghamshire Railings\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Wrought Iron Side Gates - The Buckinghamshire\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-wrought-iron-side-gates\/products\/buckinghamshire-wrought-iron-side-gate\"\u003eBuckinghamshire Side Gate\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca title=\"Buckinghamshire Garden Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-garden-gates\/products\/buckinghamshire-garden-gate\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/Buckinghamshire_garden_gate_image_compact.jpg?15120864710817550155\" alt=\"Buckinghamshire Metal Garden Gate\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Buckinghamshire Estate Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\/products\/metal-estate-gate-buckinghamshire\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/Buckinghamshire_ESTATE_GATE_compact.png?8516425564179509034\" alt=\"Buckinghamshire Estate Gate\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Buckinghamshire Metal Railings\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-railings-fence\/products\/buckinghamshire-metal-railing\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/buckinghamshire_metal_fencing_compact.jpg?14357313262052991480\" alt=\"Buckinghamshire Metal Railings\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Buckinghamshire Side Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-wrought-iron-side-gates\/products\/buckinghamshire-wrought-iron-side-gate\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/Buckinghamshire_Side_6ft_gate_compact.jpg?14357313262052991480\" alt=\"Buckinghamshire Side\/ Pedestrian Gate\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":35496424711,"sku":"","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Buckinghamshire_ESTATE_GATE_FLEUR.jpg?v=1482930903"},{"product_id":"chester-metal-estate-gates","title":"Chester Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":35496450631,"sku":"","price":1229.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Chester_ESTATE_GATE_fleur.jpg?v=1482931000"},{"product_id":"hastings-estate-gate-from","title":"Hastings Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #990000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":35496511687,"sku":"","price":1175.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/HASTINGS_ESTATE_GATE_fleur_premium_range_metal_gates.jpg?v=1482931227"},{"product_id":"lemmington-estate-gate","title":"Lemmington Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":1700962689,"sku":"","price":2609.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Lemmington_Estate_Gates_Metal_Framed.jpg?v=1474451142"},{"product_id":"winchester-estate-gate","title":"Winchester Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #990000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site, our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":1934230209,"sku":"","price":1049.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Winchester_Estate_Gates_made_to_measure_fleur_de_lys.jpg?v=1482931331"},{"product_id":"kingsbridge-estate-gate","title":"Wentworth Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #990000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":30648796295,"sku":"","price":1058.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Driveway_Gates_The_Wentworth.jpg?v=1482931320"},{"product_id":"arundel-estate-gate","title":"Arundel Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized  to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eSee also: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003ca title=\"Garden Gate - The Arundel\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-garden-gates\/products\/arundel-garden-gate-from\"\u003eArundel Garden Gate\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Arundel Side Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-wrought-iron-side-gates\/products\/arundel-side-gate-from\"\u003eArundel Side Gate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ca title=\"Garden Gate - The Arundel design\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-garden-gates\/products\/arundel-garden-gate-from\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Arundel Garden Gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/arundel_metal_garden_gate_compact.jpg?13324222167001612489\" style=\"margin-right: 5px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Side Gate - The Arundel design\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-wrought-iron-side-gates\/products\/arundel-side-gate-from\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Arundel Side Gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/arundel_metal_side_gate_compact.jpg?13324222167001612489\" style=\"margin-left: 5px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"Garden Gate - The Arundel design\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/metal-garden-gates\/products\/arundel-garden-gate-from\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":35496379399,"sku":"","price":1149.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Arundel_Estate_Gate_Premium_Range_Made_to_Measure.jpg?v=1482930764"},{"product_id":"goldsworth-estate-gate","title":"Goldsworth Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #990000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":2087176449,"sku":"","price":1405.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Goldsworth_Estate_Gate_Premium_Range_Made_in_the_UK.jpg?v=1482931198"},{"product_id":"farnham-estate-gate","title":"Farnham Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #990000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":35496471943,"sku":"","price":1175.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/farnham_ESTATE_GATE_FLEUR.jpg?v=1482931075"},{"product_id":"sothwark-estate-gate-from","title":"Southwark Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":6560961921,"sku":"","price":2599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Southwark_Estate_Entrance_Gate_6ft.jpg?v=1474455644"},{"product_id":"waltham-forest-estate-gate-from","title":"Waltham Forest Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully handcrafted wrought iron framed wooden infill estate gates manufactured by hand in the UK by our skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. The frame arrives black prime sprayed with an option (drop down above) to have all the cladding clear waxed or stained. This design is constructed using our deeper, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich results in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e (on frame), adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width from the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc)\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm). Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 6ft 6\", the post length will be 8ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates - Metal Framed\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and use depending on the gate set up as shown below.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging between the pillars\/ posts. Advantage with this option is the gate is able to swing both in towards the drive or out. Please note: It is not recommended to swing a gate outwards if it overhangs a road or pavement. The disadvantage to this set up is that you will have a relatively large gap between the edge of the pillar and the edge of the gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates1.jpg?5557191350004749606\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement and reduce by 150mm (6\") - this is the actual width of required gate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: \u003c\/strong\u003eGate hanging behind the pillars\/ posts. This set up helps reduce any visible gap between gate edge and pillar. The gate can ONLY open inwards.\u003cimg src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/gate_setup_example_36287860-fb2c-4900-95ac-fe39088b2e51.jpg?12113736650169684896\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo calculate the gate width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the lowest measurement of the opening width between the pillars\/ posts and minus 40mm (1.5\"). This will be the required gate width. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Download PDF manual for how to measure metal framed estate gate\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca title=\"Wrougt Iron Framed Timber Cladded Estate Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003e Back to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMiddle Rail \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e(rear of gate)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 6mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimber Cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Choice of Iroko (hardwood), Western Red Cedar or Redwood Pine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates Metal Wooden Wrought Iron\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/timber-infill-estate-gate\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hardwood Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Iroko Cladding","offer_id":6560970625,"sku":"","price":2499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Waltham_Forest_Estate_Gates_Bespoke_sizes.jpg?v=1474455106"},{"product_id":"cheltenham-low-driveway","title":"Cheltenham Low Driveway from","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cheltenham Low Driveway Gate (3ft to 4ft 6\" high - for height between 5ft and 7ft, see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\/products\/6ft-high-driveway-gates\" title=\"Cheltenham High Driveway Gate\"\u003ehere\u003c\/a\u003e). Constructed using our premium frame system. Deep 40mm x 40mm frame with 16mm infill bars to create a sturdy and durable gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003efully galvanized\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e which will give you a 25 year rust protection, with an option of powder coating to black or any RAL colour. With this design, specifications of the frame will change according to width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #990000;\"\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site, our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e2\" x 2\" (50mm x 50mm) for opening under 10ft wide or 3\" x 3\" (70mm x 70mm) for opening width over 10ft. Supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 1ft 5\" (450mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 3ft 6\", the post length will be 4ft 11\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Steel Driveway Gate Designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\"\u003eBack to Driveway Gates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Measure\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eCalculating\u003cstrong\u003e Driveway Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below). Reduce the lowest width by 150mm (6\").\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ca title=\"Wrought Iron Driveway Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\"\u003eBack to Driveway Gates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame\/ Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003ca title=\"Metal Driveway Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-driveway-gates\"\u003eBack to Driveway Gates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":30640679303,"sku":"","price":489.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/cheltenham_Low_Driveway_Gates.jpg?v=1481709070"},{"product_id":"estate-gates-surrey-design","title":"Surrey Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #990000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 25mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 25mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 25mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\/ 12mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34964135751,"sku":"","price":1119.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Driveway_Gates_The_Surrey.jpg?v=1482931309"},{"product_id":"darlington-estate-gate-from","title":"Darlington Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized  to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34964727751,"sku":"","price":1085.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/Estate_Entrance_Gates_Darlington.jpg?v=1482931052"},{"product_id":"security-gates","title":"Cheltenham High Estate Gate from","description":"\u003cp\u003eManufactured by hand in the UK by skilled craftsmen using the finest materials to provide ultimate durability and quality. This design is constructed using our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Premium Frame Wrought Iron Gate\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/premium-frame\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003ePremium Frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich includes chunkier 40mm x 40mm side and bottom rail and thicker 16mm diameter infill bars resulting in a much sturdier and higher quality appearance gate. All of our gates come complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #af1f31;\" title=\"10 Year Workmanship Guarantee - Evador Wrought Iron Gates\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/10-year-workmanship-guarantee\"\u003e10 year workmanship guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable hinges, latch, 2 x drop bolts and can be fully galvanized to add a 25 year protection from rust with an option of painting black or any RAL colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eWidth of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003eTaken as if both sides were touching each other. For example, a width the drop down menu of 10ft (3m 048mm) would be 2 x 5ft wide. If you are measuring a gap between existing posts\/ pillars, we recommend reducing the opening size by 6\" (150mm) to allow for hinge\/ pins and centre clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate can be made to any width.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eHeight of Gate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e Taken to the highest point of each gate. We recommend allowing a 50mm (2\") clearance between the bottom edge of gate and driveway (as long as the drive is level). If you require a more exact height, please contact us to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE Gate Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e (hinges etc): \u003c\/span\u003e4 x adjustable hinges, hinge pins, latch and drop bolts included with each gate. As standard, the position of the hinge will be 6\" (150mm) the bottom edge of gate and 6\" (150mm) top edge of gate. If you require these to be different (if for example you already have pins set into a post\/ pillar), please call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #990000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGate Finish: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from our range of finishes we have available. No finish will mean the gate arrives in bare steel ready to be painted on site ,our primer will give the gate the first level of rust protection for your gate then ready to be finished once it arrives, black finish is a fully finished gate which we have primed and then given a finishing coat ready to be hung and enjoyed. We then have the option of galvanising or finishing in any colour of your choice, for these options please call us to discuss further. \u003ca title=\"Metal gate finish types\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/pages\/finish-options\"\u003eMore info..\u003c\/a\u003e.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMetal Gate Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e4\" x 4\" (100mm x 100mm) or 5\" x 5\" (120mm x 120mm) supplied to allow the posts to sit in the ground to a depth of 2ft (600mm). The post will arrive cut to size (therefore, if you selected a gate height of 5ft 6\", the post length will be 7ft 6\"). Hinge pins will be welded on ready and feature post cap fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #111111;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize of Gate not listed? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, call us with your exact size.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHOW TO MEASURE\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking out the required size is an important yet simple task to complete but we are always at hand to assist you through the process (0800 152 2106)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Calculating\u003cstrong\u003e Estate Gate \u003c\/strong\u003ewidth between existing Pillars or Posts: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake three measurements, top, middle and bottom (as below).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"How to measure for driveway gate\" src=\"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/hw_to_measure_wrought_iron_gates.jpg?17595835716270680649\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eTake the shortest of the three measurements and reduce by 150mm (or 6\"). This allows for the hinge (inc pins) and centre opening gap. The final figure will be the actual width of gate required.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor example:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top: 3m 455mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle: 3m 450mm\u003cstrong\u003e |\u003c\/strong\u003e Bottom: 3m 445mm - shortest measurement would be \u003cstrong\u003e3m 445mm \u003c\/strong\u003e- reduce by 150mm = \u003cstrong\u003eActual Gate Width of: 3m 295mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-download\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Estate Gates download PDF manual for how to measure\" target=\"_blank\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/files\/How_to_measure_Driveway_or_Estate_Gate_7359b1d8-3500-454c-9913-c1ff9dfd2aba.pdf?7952675022808516790\"\u003e Download PDF Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eGates are manufactured using thicker\/ deeper material than industry standard. This produces a more durable and higher quality looking product than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eBottom Rail:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm x 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop, Middle \u0026amp; Closing Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 40mm x 10mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #af1f31;\"\u003eMain Infill Bars:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eHandcrafted in the UK using time served construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAdjustable hinges, pins, drop bolts and opening latch supplied free of charge with each gate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci class=\"fa fa-arrow-circle-left\"\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ca title=\"Metal Estate Gates designs\" href=\"http:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/wrought-iron-metal-estate-gates\"\u003eBack to Estate Gates \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wrought Iron Gates by EvaDor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":35313388423,"sku":"","price":689.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0704\/1621\/products\/cheltenham-high-driveway-gates.jpg?v=1482319047"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.wroughtirongates.co.uk\/collections\/all-driveway-gates\/height_3ft-to-4ft-6+height_5ft-to-7ft.oembed","provider":"Evador","version":"1.0","type":"link"}